8.2.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

36.521-13GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)Part 1: Conformance testingRadio transmission and receptionRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification

Tools: ARFCN - Frequency Conversion for 5G NR/LTE/UMTS/GSM

The parameters specified in Table 8.2.2-1 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.

Table 8.2.2-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD)

Parameter	Unit	Value	Comments
Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1)		1
Special subframe configuration (Note 2)		4
Inter-TTI Distance		1
Number of HARQ processes	Processes	7	For TDD, 7 HARQ processes in the DL, as specified in TS 36.213 [10] clause 7. All 7 HARQ processes are used.
Scheduling of retransmissions			1. Retransmissions use the same Transport Block Size (TBS) as the initial transmission. 2. HARQ processes are scheduled consecutively, independent of the fact, whether retransmissions (for negatively acknowledged HARQ processes) or new transmissions (for positively acknowledged HARQ processes) occur. 3. In case when the initial transmission and the retransmissions are scheduled in subframes with a different N_PRB (in terms of TS 36.213 [10] subclause 7.1.7) according to TS 36.213 [10] subclause 7.1.7.2 and the appropriate modulation is used.
Maximum number of HARQ transmission		4	It is always 4 for TDD, as specified in TS 36.213 [10] clause 8
Redundancy version coding sequence		{0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM and 256QAM
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH	OFDM symbols	4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and 5 MHz bandwidths, 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz bandwidths unless otherwise stated	The PCFICH carries information about the number of OFDM symbols used for transmission of PDCCHs in a subframe, as specified in TS 36.211 [8] clause 6.7
Cyclic Prefix		Normal	CP consist of the following physical resource blocks (RBs) parameters: 12 consecutive subcarriers at a 15 kHz spacing and 7 OFDM symbols, as specified in TS 36.211 [8] clause 6.2.3
Cell ID		0 (Note 3)	The Cell ID is uniquely defined by a number in the range of 0 to 503, representing the physical-layer cell identity, as specified in TS 36.211 [8] clause 6.11.
Cross carrier scheduling		Not configured
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [8] Note 2: as specified in Table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [8] Note 3: For CA tests, Cell ID = 0 applies only to P-Cell. For (n)th S-Cell, Cell ID = n is used.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.

8.2.2.1 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.2.1.1 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance

8.2.2.1.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on a single-antenna port with different channel models and MCS.

8.2.2.1.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 8 and forward.

8.2.2.1.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.1.1.3-2 for the specified SNR.

Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters

Parameter		Unit	Test 1- 5	Test 6- 8	Test 9- 15	Test 16- 18
Downlink power allocation		dB	0	0	0	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)	0 (Note 1)	0 (Note 1)	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	0	0	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	-98	-98	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)	OCNG (Note 2)	OCNG (Note 2)	OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK	16QAM	64QAM	16QAM
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	Multiplexing	Multiplexing	Multiplexing
PDSCH transmission mode			1	1	1	1
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2	≥1
2	10 MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	≥1
3	10 MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU300	1×2 Low	70	-0.2	≥1
4	10 MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	HST	1×2	70	-2.6	≥1
5	1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.0	≥1
6	10 MHz	R.3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	6.7	≥2
7	10 MHz	R.3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	1.4	≥2
8	10 MHz	R.3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU300	1×2 High	70	9.3	≥2
9	3 MHz	R.5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.6	≥1
10	5 MHz	R.6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.6	≥2
11	10 MHz	R.7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.6	≥2
12	10 MHz	R.7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	19.1	≥2
13	10 MHz	R.7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 High	70	19.1	≥2
14	15 MHz	R.8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.8	≥2
15	20 MHz	R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.7	≥3
16	3 MHz	R.0 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	2.1	≥1
17	10 MHz	R.1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	2.0	≥1
18	20 MHz	R.1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	2.1	≥1

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.

8.2.2.1.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.1.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Frequencies to be tested for 1PRB allocation: Low Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.1.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.9.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1.4.3.

8.2.2.1.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.1.1.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1.5-1as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Tables 8.2.2.1.1.5-1 as appropriate.

8.2.2.1.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

8.2.2.1.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.1.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.1.1.5-1: Test Requirement (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4	≥1
2	10 MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	0.2	≥1
3	10 MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU300	1×2 Low	70	0.6	≥1
4	10 MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	HST	1×2	70	-2.0	≥1
5	1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.8	≥1
6	10 MHz	R.3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	7.5	≥2
7	10 MHz	R.3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	2.2	≥2
8	10 MHz	R.3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU300	1×2 High	70	10.1	≥2
9	3 MHz	R.5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	18.4	≥1
10	5 MHz	R.6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	18.4	≥2
11	10 MHz	R.7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	18.4	≥2
12	10 MHz	R.7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	19.9	≥2
13	10 MHz	R.7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 High	70	19.9	≥2
14	15 MHz	R.8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	18.6	≥2
15	20 MHz	R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	18.5	≥3
16	3 MHz	R.0 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	2.9	≥1
17	10 MHz	R.1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	2.8	≥1
18	20 MHz	R.1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	2.9	≥1

8.2.2.1.1_1 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Release 9 and forward)

8.2.2.1.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.2.1.1.1.

8.2.2.1.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 9 and forward of UE category 1 and 2.

8.2.2.1.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.2.1.1.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.3-2.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.3-1: Void

Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	N/A
2	N/A
3	N/A
4	N/A
5	N/A
6	5 MHz	R.3-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	6.7	1
7	5 MHz	R.3-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	1.4	1
8	5 MHz	R.3-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU300	1×2 High	70	9.3	1
9	N/A
10	5 MHz	R.6-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.6	1
11	10 MHz	R.7-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.6	1
12	10 MHz	R.7-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	19.1	1
13	10 MHz	R.7-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 High	70	19.1	1
14	15 MHz	R.8-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.8	1
15	20 MHz	R.9-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.7	2
15	20 MHz	R.9-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.7	1
16	N/A
17	N/A
18	N/A

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.

8.2.2.1.1_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.2.1.1.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.5-1.

8.2.2.1.1_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.2.1.1.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.5-1.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.5-1: Test Requirement (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	N/A
2	N/A
3	N/A
4	N/A
5	N/A
6	5 MHz	R.3-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	7.5	1
7	5 MHz	R.3-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	2.2	1
8	5 MHz	R.3-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU300	1×2 High	70	10.1	1
9	N/A
10	5 MHz	R.6-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.4	1
11	10 MHz	R.7-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.4	1
12	10 MHz	R.7-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	+19.9	1
13	10 MHz	R.7-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 High	70	+19.9	1
14	15 MHz	R.8-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.6	1
15	20 MHz	R.9-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.5	2
15	20 MHz	R.9-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.5	1
16	N/A
17	N/A
18	N/A

8.2.2.1.1_2 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Release 10 and forward)

8.2.2.1.1_2.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.2.1.1.1.

8.2.2.1.1_2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 10 and forward.

8.2.2.1.1_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.2.1.1.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_2.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_2.3-2.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_2.3-1: Test Parameters

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_2.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.41 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-5.3

≥1

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.1.

8.2.2.1.1_2.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.2.1.1.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_2.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_2.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_2.5-1.

8.2.2.1.1_2.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.2.1.1.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_2.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.1.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.1.1_2.5-1.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.5-1: Test Requirement (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.41 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-4.5

≥1

8.2.2.1.1_A TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA

8.2.2.1.1_A.1 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (2DL CA)

8.2.2.1.1_A.1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.2.2.1.1.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to E-UTRA TDD release 10 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that supports inter-band OR intra-band contiguous DL CA

This test also applies to E-UTRA TDD release 11 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that supports intra-band non-contiguous DL CA.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For QPSK and 64QAM performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 1b with channel selection
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA

Test number	Band-width	Refe-rence Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Cate-gory
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	2×20 MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2	`≥5
2	20MHz+ 15MHz	R.42 TDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4	≥5
		R.42-3 TDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	-1.4
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3. Note 3: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-3: Void

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.1.1_A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.4.1

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 2DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
CA Capability	20+20	20+15
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)	Test 1	Test 2
Intra-band contiguous CA (CA2_C)	Test 1	Test 2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA2_N2)	Test 1	Test 2
Note 1: Only one test point to be tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.35 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.86 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.4.3.

8.2.2.1.1_A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A, Table G.3A.5-6 on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.2.2.1.1_A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.2.1.1_A.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause 3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.5-1: Test Requirement (FRC) for CA

Test number	Bandwidth	Refe-rence Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value			UE Cate-gory
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1	2×20 MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4	-1.9	≥5
2	20MHz+ 15MHz	R.42 TDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2.1	≥5
		R.42-3 TDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	-0.6	-2.1
	Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3. Note 3: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.5-3: Void

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.1.1_A.2 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (3DL CA)

8.2.2.1.1_A.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.1.1_A.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 10 and forward of UE categories 5 and onwards that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 11 and forward of UE categories 5 and onwards that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.1.1_A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 3 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.3-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.3-1, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.3-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
3MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.3-1 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.3-1 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.2.4 Test description

8.2.2.1.1_A.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.4.1-1

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	3×20	20+20+15
Intra-band contiguous (CA3_C)	Test1	NA
Inter-band (CA3_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA_A3)	NA	NA
Intra-band non-contiguous (with two sub-blocks) (CA3_N2)	Test1	NA
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.59 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.86 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.4.3.

8.2.2.1.1_A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.3-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR on each of the component carriers according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on each of the component carriers.

8.2.1.1.1_A.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.2.1.1_A.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.5-1: Single carrier performance test requirement (FRC) for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.2	-1.3
3MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.0	-1.5
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4	-1.9
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.3
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2.1
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2.1

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.1.1_A.3 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (4DL CA)

8.2.2.1.1_A.3.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.2.2.1.1.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 11 and forward of UE categories 8 and onwards that support 4DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2b.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.1.1_A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 4 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.3-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.3-1, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.3-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
3MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.3-1 per CC	≥8
2	20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.3-1 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.3.4 Test description

8.2.2.1.1_A.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.4.1-1

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 4DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	4×20	20+20+20+15
Intra-band contiguous (CA4_C)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)	Test1	Test2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA4_N2)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.4.3.

8.2.2.1.1_A.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.3-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.2.1.1_A.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.2.1.1_A.3.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.3.5-1: Single carrier performance test requirement (FRC) for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.2
3MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.1.1_A.4 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (5DL CA)

8.2.2.1.1_A.4.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.2.2.1.1.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.1.1_A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 5 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.3-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.3-1, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.3-1: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1-5 per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1-5 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
3MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.4.4 Test description

8.2.2.1.1_A.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.4.1-1

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 5DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	5×20	15+4×20
Intra-band contiguous (CA5_C)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA5_A4)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (five bands) (CA5_A5)	Test1	Test2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA5_N2)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.4.3.

8.2.2.1.1_A.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.3-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.1.1_A.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.2.1.1_A.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.4.5-1: Single carrier performance test requirement (FRC) for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.2	-1.2
3MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0	-1.4
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4	-1.8
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.2
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.1.1_A.5 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (6DL CA)

Editor’s note: The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

– Applicability spec.

– Annex F and Annex G

8.2.2.1.1_A.5.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.2.2.1.1.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.5.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 6DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2d.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.1.1_A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.3-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.3-1, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.3-1: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	6x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
3MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.5.4 Test description

8.2.2.1.1_A.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.4.1-1

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 6DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	6×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA6_A2)	Test1
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.4.3.

8.2.2.1.1_A.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.3-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.5-1: Single carrier performance test requirement (FRC) for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.2	-1.2
3MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0	-1.4
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4	-1.8
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.2
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.

CA Band-width combination

Requirement

UE category

6x20MHz

As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.5.5-1 per CC

8, ≥11

NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.1.1_A.6 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (7DL CA)

Editor’s note: The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

– Applicability spec.

– Annex F and Annex G

8.2.2.1.1_A.6.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.2.2.1.1.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.6.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 7DL with CA configurations in Table [7.1-2e].

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.1.1_A.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.3-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.3-1, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.3-1: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 7 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	7x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
3MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.1.

8.2.2.1.1_A.6.4 Test description

8.2.2.1.1_A.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.4.1-1

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 7DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	7×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA7_A2)	Test1
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.4.3.

8.2.2.1.1_A.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.3-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.2.1.1_A.6.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.2.1.1_A.6.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.5-1: Single carrier performance test requirement (FRC) for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.2	-1.2
3MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0	-1.4
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4	-1.8
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.2
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2

Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 7DL CCs

Test num.

CA Band-width combination

Requirement

UE category

7x20MHz

As specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1_A.6.5-1 per CC

8, ≥11

NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.1.2 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance with 1 PRB in the presence of MBSFN

8.2.2.1.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.1.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 8 and forward.

8.2.2.1.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.1.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.1.2.3-2 for the specified SNR.

Table 8.2.2.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation

Parameter	Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for MBSFN portion of MBSFN subframes (Note 2)			OCNG (Note 3)
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing
Note 1: Note 2: The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the whole MBSFN subframe except the first two symbols in the first slot. Note 3: The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain QPSK modulated data. Cell-specific reference signals are not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes, QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead.

Table 8.2.2.1.2.3-2: Minimum performance 1 PRB allocation (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.29 TDD

OP.3 TDD

ETU70

1×2 Low

2.0

1-5

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.

8.2.2.1.2.4 Test description

8.2.2.1.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Low Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.1.2.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.9.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.1.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.1.2.4.3.

8.2.2.1.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.1.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.1.2.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1.2.5-1as appropriate.

8.2.2.1.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.1.2.4.3-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for 1 PRB allocation with MBSFN subframes test point 1 requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 SystemInformationBlockType2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SystemInformationBlockType2 ::= SEQUENCE {
mbsfn-SubframeConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
radioframeAllocationPeriod	n1	Every radio frame is with MBSFN subframe
radioframeAllocationOffset	0
subframeAllocation CHOICE {
oneFrame	01001x	subframe 4 and 9 is used for MBSFN.	TDD
}
}
}

8.2.2.1.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.1.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.1.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.1.2.5-1: Test Requirement 1PRB with MBSFN subframes (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.29 TDD

OP.3 TDD

ETU70

1×2 Low

2.8

1-5

8.2.2.2 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.2.2.1 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2

8.2.2.2.1.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.2.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 8 and forward.

8.2.2.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.2.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.3.2.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.2.2.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For transmit diversity (SFBC) performance with 2 and 4 transmitter antennas as specified.

Table 8.2.2.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter	Unit	Test 1-2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing
PDSCH transmission mode			2
Note 1:

Table 8.2.2.2.1.3-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.11 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	2×2 Medium	70	6.8	≥2
2	10 MHz	R.10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	HST	2×2	70	-2.3	≥1

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.2.

8.2.2.2.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.2.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.2.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.2.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.2.1.4.3.

8.2.2.2.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.2.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.2.1.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.2.1.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each test interval in Table 8.2.2.2.1.5-1 as appropriate.

8.2.2.2.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

8.2.2.2.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.2.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.2.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.2.1.5-1: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.11 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	2×2 Medium	70	7.7	≥2
2	10 MHz	R.10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	HST	2×2	70	-1.7	≥1

8.2.2.2.1_1 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2 (Release 9 and forward)

8.2.2.2.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.2.2.1.1

8.2.2.2.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 9 and forward of UE category 1.

8.2.2.2.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.2.2.1.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.2.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.2.1_1.3-1.

Table 8.2.2.2.1_1.3-1: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5 MHz

R.11-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

2×2 Medium

6.8

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.2.

8.2.2.2.1_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.2.2.1.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.2.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.2.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.2.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.2.1_1.5-1.

8.2.2.2.1_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.2.2.1.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.2.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.2.1_1.5-1.

Table 8.2.2.2.1_1.5-1: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5 MHz

R.11-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

2×2 Medium

+7.7

8.2.2.2.2 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4×2

8.2.2.2.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on four antenna ports using transmit diversity (SFBC-FSTD).

8.2.2.2.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 8 and forward.

8.2.2.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.2.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.3.2.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.2.2.2.3-2 for the specified SNR. For transmit diversity (SFBC) performance with 2 and 4 transmitter antennas as specified.

Table 8.2.2.2.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter	Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing
PDSCH transmission mode			2
Note 1:

Table 8.2.2.2.2.3-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.12 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Medium

0.2

≥1

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.2.

8.2.2.2.2.4 Test description

8.2.2.2.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.2.2.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.11 for antenna configuration 4×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.2.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.2.2.4.3.

8.2.2.2.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.2.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.2.2.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.2.2.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.2.2.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.2.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH transmit diversity performance downlink power allocation test point 1 requirement

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-3
}

8.2.2.2.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.2.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.2.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.2.2.5-1: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.12 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Medium

1.1

≥1

8.2.2.2.2_1 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4×2 (Release 9 and forward)

8.2.2.2.2_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.2.2.2.1.

8.2.2.2.2_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 9 and forward.

8.2.2.2.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.2.2.2.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.2.2.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.2.2_1.3-1.

Table 8.2.2.2.2_1.3-1: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU70

4×2 Low

-0.5

≥1

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.2.

8.2.2.2.2_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.2.2.2.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.2.2.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.2.2_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.2.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.2.2_1.5-1.

8.2.2.2.2_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.2.2.2.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.2.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.2.2_1.5-1.

Table 8.2.2.2.2_1.5-1: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU70

4×2 Low

+0.4

≥1

8.2.2.2.3_C TDD PDSCH Transmit diversity 2×2 for eICIC

8.2.2.2.3_C.1 TDD PDSCH Transmit diversity 2×2 for eICIC (non-MBSFN ABS)

8.2.2.2.3_C.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS of the aggressor cell.

8.2.2.2.3_C.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 10 and forward. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 115.

8.2.2.2.3_C.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

In Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Table C.3.3-1 in Annex C.3.3, respectively.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.3-2 for the specified SNR.

Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter				Unit		Cell 1		Cell 2
Uplink downlink configuration						1		1
Special subframe configuration						4		4
Downlink power allocation			dB		-3		-3
			dB		-3 (Note 1)		-3 (Note 1)
	σ		dB		0		N/A
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz		-102 (Note 2)		N/A
			dBm/15kHz		-98 (Note 3)		N/A
			dBm/15kHz		-94.8 (Note 4)		N/A
			dB		Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.3-2		6
BW_Channel			MHz		10		10
Subframe Configuration					Non-MBSFN		Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells			μs		2.5 (synchronous cells)
Cell Id					0		1
ABS pattern (Note 5)					N/A		0000010001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)					0000000001 0000000001		N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)		C_CSI,0			0000010001 0000000001		N/A
		C_CSI,1			1100101000 1100111000		N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols					2		2
ACK/NACK feedback mode					Multiplexing		N/A
PDSCH transmission mode					2		N/A
Cyclic prefix					Normal		Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.3-2: Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11-4 TDD Note 4	OP.1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Medium	70	3.8	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.2.3.

8.2.2.2.3_C.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.2.3_C.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.40 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up for Cell1 according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.4.3.

8.2.2.2.3_C.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell1 and Cell2 according to Tables 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.5-1, 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.5-2, C.3.3-1 of Annex C.3.3 as appropriate, and SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2.

2. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.2.2.3_C.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.4.3-1: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional TDD PDSCH transmit diversity performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-16 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘00000000010000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH transmit diversity performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘00000100010000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘11001010001100111000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
}
}

8.2.2.2.3_C.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Parameter				Unit		Cell 1		Cell 2
Uplink downlink configuration						1		1
Special subframe configuration						4		4
Downlink power allocation			dB		-3		-3
			dB		-3 (Note 1)		-3 (Note 1)
	σ		dB		0		N/A
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz		-102.1 (Note 2)		N/A
			dBm/15kHz		-98 (Note 3)		N/A
			dBm/15kHz		-94.9 (Note 4)		N/A
			dB		Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.5-2		5.8
BW_Channel			MHz		10		10
Subframe Configuration					Non-MBSFN		Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells			μs		2.5 (synchronous cells)
Cell Id					0		1
ABS pattern (Note 5)					N/A		0000010001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)					0000000001 0000000001		N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)		C_CSI,0			0000010001 0000000001		N/A
		C_CSI,1			1100101000 1100111000		N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols					2		2
ACK/NACK feedback mode					Multiplexing		N/A
PDSCH transmission mode					2		N/A
Cyclic prefix					Normal		Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.2.3_C.1.5-2: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11-4 TDD Note 4	OP.1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Medium	70	4.7	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

8.2.2.2.3_D

8.2.2.2.3_E TDD PDSCH Transmit diversity 2×2 for feICIC

8.2.2.2.3_E.1 TDD PDSCH Transmit diversity 2×2 for feICIC (non-MBSFN ABS)

8.2.2.2.3_E.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [14] of the aggressor cells with CRS assistance information.

8.2.2.2.3_E.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE and CRS interference handling and ss-CCH interference handling – Category ≥2 release 11 and forward. Applicability requires support of FGI bit 115.

8.2.2.2.3_E.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.3-1.

In Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information TS 36.331 [5] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.3-2 for the specified SNR.

Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Uplink downlink configuration			1	1	1
Special subframe configuration			4	4	4
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.3-2	12	10
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	126	1
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	0000000001 0000000001	0000000001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		1100111000 1100111000	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	N/A	N/A
PDSCH transmission mode			2	Note 9	Note 9
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.3-2: Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Number

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions (Note 1)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)

Reference Value

UE Category

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)

SNR (dB) (Note 3)

R.11-4 TDD (Note 4)

OP.1TDD

EVA5

2×2 Medium

3.5

≥2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent.

Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Note 4: Cell 1 reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel.

Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.2.3A.

8.2.2.2.3_E.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.2.3_E.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up for Cell1 according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.4.3.

8.2.2.2.3_E.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, according to Tables 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.5-1, 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.5-2, and C.3.3.2 of Annex C.3.3. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC.

2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.2.2.3_E.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5.1 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.4.3-1: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional TDD PDSCH transmit diversity performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5, Table 5.2A.5.1.1-2 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘0000000001 0000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::= CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
CRS-AssistancedInfoList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11{		2 entries
CRS-AssistancedInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r11	126		Cell 2
	1		Cell 3
antennaPortsCount-r11	an2		Cell 2, Cell 3
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig{			Cell 2, Cell 3
MBSFN-SubframeConfig:: = SEQUENCE {
radioframeAllocationPeriod	n1
radioframeAllocationOffset	0
subframeAllocation CHOICE{
oneFrame	‘000000’ B	non-MBSFN
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH transmit diversity performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘0000000001 0000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘1100111000 1100111000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
}
}

8.2.2.2.3_E.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Uplink downlink configuration			1	1	1
Special subframe configuration			4	4	4
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93.1 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.5-2	11.8	9.8
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	126	1
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	0000000001 0000000001	0000000001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		1100111000 1100111000	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	N/A	N/A
PDSCH transmission mode			2	Note 9	Note 9
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.2.3_E.1.5-2: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions (Note 1)			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)	SNR (dB) (Note 3)	UE Category
1	R.11-4 TDD (Note 4)	OP.1TDD	OP.1TDD	OP.1TDD	EVA5	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Medium	70	4.4	≥2
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1. Note 4: Cell 1 reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

8.2.2.2.4 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2 with TM3 Interference Model – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A

8.2.2.2.4.1 Test purpose

To verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 3 interference model.

8.2.2.2.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 11 and forward that support enhanced receiver Type A.

8.2.2.2.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.2.4.3-1 and 8.2.2.2.4.3-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.2.4.3-2 for the specified SINR.

Table 8.2.2.2.4.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM3 interference model

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3	-3
	σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A	N/A
DIP (Note 2)		dB	N/A	-1.73	-8.66
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id			0	1	2
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			2	N/A	N/A
Interference model			N/A	As specified in clause B.5.2	As specified in clause B.5.2
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells	Rank 1	%	N/A	80	80
	Rank 2	%	N/A	20	20
Reporting interval		ms	5	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUCCH 1-0	N/A	N/A
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	N/A	N/A
Physical channel for CQI reporting			PUSCH(Note5)	N/A	N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex			4	N/A	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 5: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3.

Table 8.2.2.2.4.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM3 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SINR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.46 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EVA70	EVA70	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	-1.4	1-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.2.

8.2.2.2.4.4 Test description

8.2.2.2.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.2.4.5-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48.

2. The parameter settings for the cell1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.2.4.5-1 and 8.2.2.2.4.5-2 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up for cell1 according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.2.4.4.3.

8.2.2.2.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 8.2.2.2.4.5-1 and 8.2.2.2.4.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #4 and #9 (Table A.2.3.1.1-1).

2. SS sets up the parameters for cell 2 and cell 3 according to Tables 8.2.2.2.4.5-1 and 8.2.2.2.4.5-2 as appropriate.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SINR according to Tables 8.2.2.2.4.5-1 as appropriate.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5-14 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.2.2.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

Table 8.2.2.2.4.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig	CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.2.2.4.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex	0
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex	4	(see Table 7.2.2-1C in TS 36.213)
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {
widebandCQI	NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex	NULL	(see Table 7.2.2-1B in TS 36.213)
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI	FALSE
}
}
}

8.2.2.2.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.2.4.5-1defines the primary level settings.

Table 8.2.2.2.4.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM3 interference model

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3	-3
	σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A	N/A
DIP (Note 2)		dB	N/A	-1.44	-7.77
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id			0	1	2
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			2	N/A	N/A
Interference model			N/A	As specified in clause B.5.2	As specified in clause B.5.2
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells	Rank 1	%	N/A	80	80
	Rank 2	%	N/A	20	20
Reporting interval		ms	5	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUCCH 1-0	N/A	N/A
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	N/A	N/A
Physical channel for CQI reporting			PUSCH(Note5)	N/A	N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex			4	N/A	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 5: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.4.3.5-2 for the specified SINR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.2.4.5-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM3 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SINR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.46 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EVA70	EVA70	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	-0.41	1-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

8.2.2.2.5 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2 for eIMTA(when EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 is configured)

8.2.2.2.5.1 Test purpose

To verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmitter antennas in case of using eIMTA TDD UL-DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a PCell.

8.2.2.2.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 12 and forward that support eIMTA TDD UL-DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI.

8.2.2.2.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.2.5.3-1 and 8.2.2.2.5.3-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.2.5.3-2 for the specified SINR.

Table 8.2.2.2.5.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) when
EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 is configured

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Uplink downlink configuration in SIB1 (Note 2)			0
Downlink HARQ reference configuration (eimta-HarqReferenceConfig-r12) (Note 2)			5
Set of dynamic TDD UL-DL configurations (NOTES 2,3)			{0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
Periodicity of monitoring the L1 reconfiguration DCI (eimta-CommandPeriodicity-r12)		ms	10
Set of subframes to monitor the L1 reconfiguration DCI (eimta-CommandSubframeSet-r12) (Note 4)			{0,1,5,6}
Number of DL HARQ processes		Processes	15
PDSCH transmission mode			2
ACK/NACK feedback mode (Note 5)			Multiplexing
Note 1: Note 2: As specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211. Note 3: UL/DL configuration in PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI is randomly selected from the given set on a per-DCI basis with equal probability. Note 4: The set of subframes to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI for frame n includes subframes {1,5,6} in frame n-1 and subframe 0 in frame n. Subframes for reconfiguration DCI transmission are chosen in a random way on a per-DCI basis with equal probability. Note 5: PUCCH Format 3 is used for DL HARQ feedback.

Table 8.2.2.2.5.3-2: Minimum performance Transmit diversity when EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 is configured

Test

Reference channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation

Conditions

Correlation

Matrix and

Antenna

Configuration

Reference value

8.2.2.2.6 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2 with TM2 Interference Model – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B

8.2.2.2.6.1 Test purpose

The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two interfering cells applying transmission mode 2 interference model defined in clause B.6.1.

8.2.2.2.6.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 12 and forward that support enhanced performance requirement Type B.

8.2.2.2.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.2.6.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.2.6.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. In Table 8.2.2.2.6.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

Table 8.2.2.2.6.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM2 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Uplink downlink Configuration				1	1	1
Special subframe configuration				4	4	4
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3	-3
			dB	-3 (NOTE 1)	-3	-3
		σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
			dB	N/A	13.91	3.34
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id				0	6	1
Number of control OFDM symbols in normal subframes				3	3	3
CFI indicated in PCFICH in normal subframes				3	3	3
Number of control OFDM symbols in special subframes				2	2	2
CFI indicated in PCFICH in special subframes				2	2	2
PDSCH transmission mode				2	2	2
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.1	As specified in clause B.6.1
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured	Not configured
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	2	3
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	200	300
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 3)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 3)	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}	{2,3,4,8,9}
NOTE 1: NOTE 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. NOTE 3: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331[5].

Table 8.2.2.2.6.3-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM2 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (NOTE 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-12 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	15.3	≥1
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. NOTE 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. NOTE 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.2.6.

8.2.2.2.6.4 Test description

8.2.2.2.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.2.6.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.2.6.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.2.6.4.3.

8.2.2.2.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.2.6.5-1 and 8.2.2.2.6.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sets up parameters for cell 2 and cell 3 according to table 8.2.2.2.6.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.2.6.5-2 as appropriate.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Annex G clause G.3.

5. The SS shall release all NAICS configuration in the UE using procedure in TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.6.1 with the condition NAICS_RELEASE.

8.2.2.2.6.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 and clause 5.2A.6.2 with the condition SRB2-DRB_NAICS(n,m).

8.2.2.2.6.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.2.6.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2 for throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.2.6.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances.

Table 8.2.2.2.6.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM2 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Uplink downlink Configuration				1	1	1
Special subframe configuration				4	4	4
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3	-3
			dB	-3 (NOTE 1)	-3	-3
		σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
			dB	N/A	14.71	4.14
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id				0	6	1
Number of control OFDM symbols in normal subframes				3	3	3
CFI indicated in PCFICH in normal subframes				3	3	3
Number of control OFDM symbols in special subframes				2	2	2
CFI indicated in PCFICH in special subframes				2	2	2
PDSCH transmission mode				2	2	2
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.1	As specified in clause B.6.1
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured	Not configured
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	2	3
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	200	300
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 3)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 3)	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}	{2,3,4,8,9}
NOTE 1: NOTE 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. NOTE 3: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331[5].

Table 8.2.2.2.6.5-2: Test Requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM2 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (NOTE 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-12 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	17.15	≥1
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. NOTE 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. NOTE 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

8.2.2.2.7 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2 with TM9 Interference Model – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B

8.2.2.2.7.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.2.7.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 12 and forward that support enhanced performance requirement Type B.

8.2.2.2.7.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.2.7.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.2.7.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. In Table 8.2.2.2.7.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

Table 8.2.2.2.7.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM9 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Uplink downlink Configuration				1	1	1
Special subframe configuration				4	4	4
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	0	0
			dB	-3 (NOTE 1)	0	0
		σ	dB	0	-3	-3
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
			dB	N/A	3.28	0.74
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id				0	1	6
Number of control OFDM symbols in normal subframes				3	3	3
CFI indicated in PCFICH in normal subframes				3	Random from set {1,2,3}	Random from set {1,2,3}
Number of control OFDM symbols in special subframes				2	2	2
CFI indicated in PCFICH in special subframes				2	Random from set {1,2}	Random from set {1,2}
PDSCH transmission mode				2	9	9
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.4	As specified in clause B.6.4
CSI reference signals				N/A	Antenna ports 15,16	Antenna ports 15,16
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T_CSI-RS / ∆_CSI-RS			Subframes	N/A	10 / 4	10 / 4
CSI reference signal configuration				N/A	6	7
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration I_CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap			Subframes / bitmap	N/A	9 / 0100000000000000	9 / 0010000000000000
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	5	-5
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	600	-600
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured	Not configured
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 4)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 4)	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}	{2,3,4,8,9}
NOTE 1: NOTE 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. NOTE 3: CSI-RS configurations are according to [8] subclause 6.10.5.2. NOTE 4: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331[5].

Table 8.2.2.2.7.3-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM9 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (NOTE 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-11 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	8.1	≥1
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. NOTE 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. NOTE 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.2.7.

8.2.2.2.7.4 Test description

8.2.2.2.7.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.2.7.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.2.2.7.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.2.7.4.3.

8.2.2.2.7.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.2.7.5-1 and 8.2.2.2.7.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sets up parameters for cell 2 and cell 3 according to table 8.2.2.2.7.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.2.7.5-2 as appropriate.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Annex G clause G.3.

5. The SS shall release all NAICS configuration in the UE using procedure in TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.6.1 with the condition NAICS_RELEASE.

8.2.2.2.7.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 and clause 5.2A.6.2 with the condition SRB2-DRB_NAICS(n,m).

8.2.2.2.7.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.2.7.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2 for throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.2.7.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances.

Table 8.2.2.2.7.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM9 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Uplink downlink Configuration				1	1	1
Special subframe configuration				4	4	4
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	0	0
			dB	-3 (NOTE 1)	0	0
		σ	dB	0	-3	-3
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
			dB	N/A	4.08	1.54
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id				0	1	6
Number of control OFDM symbols in normal subframes				3	3	3
CFI indicated in PCFICH in normal subframes				3	Random from set {1,2,3}	Random from set {1,2,3}
Number of control OFDM symbols in special subframes				2	2	2
CFI indicated in PCFICH in special subframes				2	Random from set {1,2}	Random from set {1,2}
PDSCH transmission mode				2	9	9
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.4	As specified in clause B.6.4
CSI reference signals				N/A	Antenna ports 15,16	Antenna ports 15,16
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T_CSI-RS / ∆_CSI-RS			Subframes	N/A	10 / 4	10 / 4
CSI reference signal configuration				N/A	6	7
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration I_CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap			Subframes / bitmap	N/A	9 / 0100000000000000	9 / 0010000000000000
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	5	-5
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	600	-600
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured	Not configured
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 4)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 4)	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}	{2,3,4,8,9}
NOTE 1: NOTE 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. NOTE 3: CSI-RS configurations are according to [8] subclause 6.10.5.2. NOTE 4: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331[5].

Table 8.2.2.2.7.5-2: Test Requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM9 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (NOTE 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-11 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	9.64	≥1
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. NOTE 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. NOTE 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

8.2.2.3 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.2.3.1 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2

8.2.2.3.1.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.3.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 8 and forward UE of category 2-8.

8.2.2.3.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.3.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.2.3.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1:

Table 8.2.2.3.1.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.11-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA70

2×2 Low

13.1

≥2

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3.

8.2.2.3.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.3.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.3.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.3.1.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.3.1.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.2.3.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.3.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.2.3.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.3.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.5-1: Test requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.11-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA70

2×2 Low

14.0

≥2

8.2.2.3.1_1 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 (Release 11 and forward)

8.2.2.3.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.2.3.1.1.

8.2.2.3.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 11 and forward UE of category 2-8.

8.2.2.3.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.2.3.1.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.3.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.3.1_1.3-1.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_1.3-1: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.35 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA200

2×2 Low

20.3

≥2

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3.

8.2.2.3.1_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.2.3.1.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.3.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.3.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.3.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.3.1_1.5-1.

8.2.2.3.1_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.2.3.1.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.3.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.3.1_1.5-1.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_1.5-1: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.35 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA200

2×2 Low

21.2

≥2

8.2.2.3.1_A TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA

8.2.2.3.1_A.1 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (2DL CA)

8.2.2.3.1_A.1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.2.2.3.1.1.

8.2.2.3.1_A.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to E-UTRA TDD release 10 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that supports inter-band or intra-band contiguous DL CA

This test also applies to E-UTRA TDD release 11 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that supports intra-band non-contiguous DL CA.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.3.1_A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 1b with channel selection
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: Note 2: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	2×20 MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	≥5
2	20MHz+15MHz	R.30-1 TDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.0	≥5
		R.11-9 TDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70		70	12.9
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.3-3: Void

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3.

8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.1

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 2DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
CA Capability	20+20	20+15
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)	Test 1	Test 2
Intra-band contiguous CA (CA2_C)	Test 1	Test 2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA2_N2)	Test 1	Test 2
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.36 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.86 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.3-1. PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.3-1A.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.5-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A, Table G.3A.5-7 on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers

7. Repeat steps from 1 to 6 for each subtest in Tables 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.5-1 as appropriate depending on UE CA capability as defined in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.1-1.

8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.2.3.1_A.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.5-1: Test requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value			UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1	2×20 MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.6	13.1	≥5
2	20MHz+15MHz	R.30-1 TDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	12.4	≥5
		R.11-9 TDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70		70	13.8	12.3
Note 1: For CA capable UE, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.3.1_A.2 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (3DL CA)

8.2.2.3.1_A.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.3.1_A.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 10 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 11 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 3 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA with 3DL CCs

Parameter		Unit	Test 1, 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 3
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: Note 2: Void Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
3MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.6
10 MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.0

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3

8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 3DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	3×20	20+20+15
Intra-band contiguous (CA3_C)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA3_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA3_A3)	Test1	Test2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA3_N2)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.60 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.2.3.1_A.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1	12.6
3MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5	12
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	12.4

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.3.1_A.3 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (4DL CA)

8.2.2.3.1_A.3.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.3.1_A.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 11 and forward of UE categories 8 and onwards that support 4DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2b.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 4 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA with 4DL CCs

Parameter		Unit	Test 1, 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: Note 2: Void. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
3MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.6
10 MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.0

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-2per CC	≥8
2	20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-2per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3

8.2.2.3.1_A.3.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.1_A.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 4DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	4×20	20+20+20+15
Intra-band contiguous (CA4_C)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)	Test1	Test2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA4_N2)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1_A.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.2.3.1_A.3.4.3 Message contents

Same as the section 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1_A.3.5 Test requirement

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1
3MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.5-1per CC	≥8
2	20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.3.5-1per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.3.1_A.4 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (5DL CA)

8.2.2.3.1_A.4.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.3.1_A.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 5 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA with 5DL CCs

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: Note 2: Void Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
3MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.6
10 MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP. 1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.0

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3

8.2.2.3.1_A.4.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.1_A.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 5DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	5×20	15+4×20
Intra-band contiguous (CA5_C)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA5_A4)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (five bands) (CA5_A5)	Test1	Test2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA5_N2)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1_A.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.2.3.1_A.4.4.3 Message contents

Same as the section 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1_A.4.5 Test requirement

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2RX supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1	12.6
3MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5	12
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	12.4

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.3.1_A.5 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (6DL CA)

Editor’s note: The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

– Applicability spec.

– Annex F and Annex G

8.2.2.3.1_A.5.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.3.1_A.5.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 6DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2d.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA with 6DL CCs

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: Note 2: Void Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
3MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.6
10 MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP. 1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.0

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	6x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3

8.2.2.3.1_A.5.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.1_A.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 6DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	6×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA6_A2)	Test1
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1_A.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3-1 and 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.2.3.1_A.5.4.3 Message contents

Same as the section 8.2.2.3.1_A.2.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1_A.5.5 Test requirement

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2RX supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1	12.6
3MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5	12
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	12.4

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	6x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.5.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.3.1_A.6 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (7DL CA)

Editor’s note: The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

– Applicability spec.

– Annex F and Annex G

8.2.2.3.1_A.6.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.3.1_A.6.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 7DL with CA configurations in Table [7.1-2e].

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.3.1_A.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.6.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.6.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.6.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.6.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA with 7DL CCs

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: Note 2: Void Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.6.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
3MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.6
10 MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP. 1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.0

Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.6.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 7DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	7x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.6.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3

8.2.2.3.1A TDD Soft buffer management test

8.2.2.3.1A_A.1 TDD PDSCH Soft buffer management test for CA (2 DL CA)

8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.1 Test purpose

The test purpose is to verify UE performance with proper instantaneous buffer implementation.

8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to E-UTRA TDD release 10 and forward UE of category 3 and 4 which support intra-band contiguous DL CA or inter-band DL CA.

This test applies also to E-UTRA TDD release 11 and forward UE of category 3 and 4 which support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C. The purpose is to verify UE performance with proper instantaneous buffer implementation.

Table 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.3-1: Test Parameters for soft buffer management (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			– (Note 2)
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: Note 2: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. Note 3: For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.3-2: Minimum performance soft buffer management test (FRC) for CA

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	2×20 MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	3
2	2×20 MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	15.7	4
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3.1A.

8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.4.1-1

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.4.1-1

Table 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.4.1-1: Test point selection soft buffer management tests for CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	20+20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)	Test 1 or 2
Intra-band contiguous CA (CA2_C)	Test 1 or 2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA2_N2)	Test 1 or 2
Only one test point is tested. Note 1: Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities. Note 2: One of the two tests per table position is selected, depending on UE category.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.2.3.1A.1.4.3-1. PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.3-1A.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.5-1 or 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.5-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A, Table G.3A.5-14 on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers

8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.4.3 Message contents

Same Message contents as 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.1A_A.1.5-1: Test requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value			UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band	UE Category
1	2×20 MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1	12.6	3
2	2×20 MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	16.6	15.1	4
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4.

8.2.2.3.1A_A.2 Void

8.2.2.3.1A_A.3 Void

8.2.2.3.1B TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C

8.2.2.3.1B.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.3.1B.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 12 and forward UE of Category ≥ 2 that support enhanced receiver Type C.

8.2.2.3.1B.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.3.1B.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.3.1B.3-2 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.2.3.1B.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1:

Table 8.2.2.3.1B.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.11-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA70

2×2 Medium

17.4

≥2

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3.1B.

8.2.2.3.1B.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.1B.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.3.1B.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1B.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1B.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1B.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.3.1B.3-1 and 8.2.2.3.1B.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.3.1B.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.2.3.1B.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.3.1B.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.2.3.1B.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.3.1B.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.1B.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.1B.5-1: Test requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.11-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA70

2×2 Medium

18.3

≥2

8.2.2.3.1C TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 with TM1 Interference – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C

8.2.2.3.1C.1 Test purpose

The purpose is to verify the performance of open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with 2 transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell with transmission mode 1.

8.2.2.3.1C.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 12 and forward UE of Category 2 or higher that support enhanced receiver Type C.

8.2.2.3.1C.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1C.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.1C.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. In Table 8.2.2.3.1C.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2 respectively.

Table 8.2.2.3.1C.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1 interference

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Bandwidth		MHz	10 MHz
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	0
			-3 (Note 1)	0
	σ		0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna port 0
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal
Cell ID			0	1
Transmission mode			3	Note 2
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A
(Note 3)		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.1C.3-2	12.95
Correlation and antenna configuration			Medium (2×2)	Medium(1×2)
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH			2	N/A
Max number of HARQ transmissions			4	N/A
Redundancy version coding sequence			{0,1,2,3}	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.2 applying OCNG pattern OP.5 TDD as defined in Annex A.5.2.5. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell. Note 4: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 5: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.3.1C.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Large Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1 interference

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1		R.11-10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	OP.5 TDD	EVA70	EVA70	70	19.6	≥2
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3.1C.

8.2.2.3.1C.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.1C.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.3.1C.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.62.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.1C.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.1C.4.3.

8.2.2.3.1C.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.3.1C.5-1 and 8.2.2.3.1C.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sets up parameters for cell 2 according to Table 8.2.2.3.1C.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.3.1C.5-1 and Table 8.2.2.3.1C.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.2.3.1C.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.3.1C.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.2.3.1C.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.3.1C.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.1C.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.1C.5-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1 interference

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Bandwidth		MHz	10 MHz
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	0
			-3 (Note 1)	0
	σ		0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna port 0
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal
Cell ID			0	1
Transmission mode			3	Note 2
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A
(Note 3)		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.1C.5-2	13.75
Correlation and antenna configuration			Medium (2×2)	Medium(1×2)
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH			2	N/A
Max number of HARQ transmissions			4	N/A
Redundancy version coding sequence			{0,1,2,3}	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.2 applying OCNG pattern OP.5 TDD as defined in Annex A.5.2.5. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell. Note 4: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 5: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.3.1C.5-2: Test requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Large Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1 interference

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1		R.11-10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	OP.5 TDD	EVA70	EVA70	70	21.5	≥2
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

8.2.2.3.2 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 4×2

8.2.2.3.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.3.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 8 and forward UE of category ≥ 2.

8.2.2.3.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.3.2.3-2 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.2.3.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1:

Table 8.2.2.3.2.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.14 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA70

4×2 Low

14.2

≥2

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3.

8.2.2.3.2.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.3.2.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.11 for antenna configuration 4×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.2.4.3.

8.2.2.3.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.3.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.3.2.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.3.2.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.2.3.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.3.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.2.3.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power for Test number 1

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm3	1111
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.2.3.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.3.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.2.5-1: Test requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.14 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA70

4×2 Low

15.1

≥2

8.2.2.3.3_C TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for eICIC

8.2.2.3.3_C.1 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for eICIC (non-MBSFN ABS)

8.2.2.3.3_C.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS of the aggressor cell.

8.2.2.3.3_C.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 10 and forward. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 115.

8.2.2.3.3_C.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.3-1,and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

The requirements for non-MBSFN ABS are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.3-1and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.3-2for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) – non-MBSFN ABS

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Uplink downlink configuration				1	1
Special subframe configuration				4	4
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3
			dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ		dB	0	N/A
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-102 (Note 2)	N/A
			dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A
			dBm/15kHz	-94.8 (Note 4)	N/A
			dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.3-2	6
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10
Subframe Configuration				Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Cell Id				0	1
Time Offset between Cells			μs	2.5 (synchronous cells)
ABS pattern (Note 5)				N/A	0000010001, 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern(Note 6)				0000000001, 0000000001	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)		C_CSI,0		0000010001, 0000000001	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)		C_CSI,1		1100101000 1100111000	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols				2	2
ACK/NACK feedback mode				Multiplexing	N/A
PDSCH transmission mode				3	N/A
Cyclic prefix				Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) – non-MBSFN ABS

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11 TDD Note 4	OP.1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA 5	EVA 5	2×2 Low	70	14.0	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3.3.

8.2.2.3.3_C.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.3_C.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.40 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signa3ls are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.4.3.

8.2.2.3.3_C.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell1 and Cell2 according to Tables 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.5-1 and 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.5-2 , C.3.3-1 of Annex C.3.3 as appropriate, and SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2.

8.2.2.3.3_C.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.4.3-2: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-16 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘00000000010000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘00000100010000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘11001010001100111000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
}
}

8.2.2.3.3_C.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) non-MBSFN ABS

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Uplink downlink configuration				1	1
Special subframe configuration				4	4
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3
			dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ		dB	0	N/A
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-102.1 (Note 2)	N/A
			dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A
			dBm/15kHz	-94.9 (Note 4)	N/A
			dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.5-2	5.8
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10
Subframe Configuration				Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Cell Id				0	1
Time Offset between Cells			μs	2.5 (synchronous cells)
ABS pattern (Note 5)				N/A	0000010001, 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern(Note 6)				0000000001, 0000000001	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)		C_CSI,0		0000010001, 0000000001	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)		C_CSI,1		1100101000 1100111000	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols				2	2
ACK/NACK feedback mode				Multiplexing	N/A
PDSCH transmission mode				3	N/A
Cyclic prefix				Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.1.5-2: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11 TDD Note 4	OP.1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA 5	EVA 5	2×2 Low	70	14.9	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

8.2.2.3.3_C.2 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for eICIC (MBSFN ABS)

8.2.2.3.3_C.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS of the aggressor cell.

8.2.2.3.3_C.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 10 and forward. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 115.

8.2.2.3.3_C.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.3-1and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

The requirements for MBSFN ABS are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.3-1and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.3-2for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) – MBSFN ABS

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Uplink downlink configuration				1	1
Special subframe configuration				4	4
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3
			dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ		dB	0	N/A
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-102 (Note 2)	N/A
			dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A
			dBm/15kHz	-94.8 (Note 4)	N/A
			dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.3-2	6
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10
Subframe Configuration				Non-MBSFN	MBSFN
Cell Id				0	126
Time Offset between Cells			μs	2.5 (synchronous cells)
ABS pattern (Note 5)				N/A	0000000001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)				0000000001 0000000001	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)		C_CSI,0		0000000001 0000000001	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)		C_CSI,1		1100111000 1100111000	N/A
MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 10)				N/A	000010
Number of control OFDM symbols				2	2
ACK/NACK feedback mode				Multiplexing	N/A
PDSCH transmission mode				3	N/A
Cyclic prefix				Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10,#11, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbol #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. The 10^th and 20^th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are MBSFN ABS subframes. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test. Note 10: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [5], one frame with 6 bits is chosen for MBSFN subframe allocation.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) – MBSFN ABS

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11 TDD Note 4	OP.1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA 5	EVA 5	2×2 Low	70	12.2	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3.3.

8.2.2.3.3_C.2.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.3_C.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.40 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.4.3.

8.2.2.3.3_C.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell1 and Cell2 according to Tables 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.5-1, 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.5-2, C.3.3-1 of Annex C.3.3 as appropriate, and SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2.

8.2.2.3.3_C.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.4.3-2: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-16 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternTDD-r10
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘00000000010000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘00000000010000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘11001110001100111000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.4.3-4: SystemInformationBlockType3 exceptions

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.2, Table 4.4.3.3-2 SystemInformationBlockType3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
neighCellConfig	‘00’B (Not all neighbour cells have the same MBSFN subframe allocation as the serving cell)

8.2.2.3.3_C.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.5-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) – MBSFN ABS

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Uplink downlink configuration				1	1
Special subframe configuration				4	4
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3
			dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ		dB	0	N/A
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-102.1 (Note 2)	N/A
			dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A
			dBm/15kHz	-94.9 (Note 4)	N/A
			dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.5-2	5.8
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10
Subframe Configuration				Non-MBSFN	MBSFN
Cell Id				0	126
Time Offset between Cells			μs	2.5 (synchronous cells)
ABS pattern (Note 5)				N/A	0000000001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)				0000000001 0000000001	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)		C_CSI,0		0000000001 0000000001	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)		C_CSI,1		1100111000 1100111000	N/A
MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 10)				N/A	000010
Number of control OFDM symbols				2	2
ACK/NACK feedback mode				Multiplexing	N/A
PDSCH transmission mode				3	N/A
Cyclic prefix				Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10,#11, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbol #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. The 10^th and 20^th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are MBSFN ABS subframes. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test. Note 10: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [5], one frame with 6 bits is chosen for MBSFN subframe allocation.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_C.2.5-2: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11 TDD Note 4	OP.1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA 5	EVA 5	2×2 Low	70	13.1	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

8.2.2.3.3_D

8.2.2.3.3_E TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for feICIC

8.2.2.3.3_E.1 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for feICIC (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured, non-MBSFN ABS)

8.2.2.3.3_E.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cells with CRS assistance information.

8.2.2.3.3_E.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE and CRS interference handling and ss-CCH interference handling – Category ≥2 release 11 and forward. Applicability requires support of FGI bit 115.

8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-1,and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

The requirements for non-MBSFN ABS are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-1and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-2for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) – non-MBSFN ABS

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Uplink downlink configuration			1	1	1
Special subframe configuration			4	4	4
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-2	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-2	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-2
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	1	126
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	0000000001 0000000001	0000000001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		1100111000 1100111000	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	N/A	N/A
PDSCH transmission mode			3	Note 9	Note 9
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) – non-MBSFN ABS

Test Number

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions (Note 1)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)

Reference Value

UE Category

Cell 2

Cell 3

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)

SNR (dB) (Note 3)

R.11 TDD (Note 4)

OP.1TDD

EVA5

2×2 Low

14.2

≥2

R.35 TDD (Note 4)

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

2×2 Low

22.7

≥2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent.

Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.3.3.

8.2.2.3.3_E.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.3.3_E.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2 with exceptions listed in 5.2A.5. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.4.3.

8.2.2.3.3_E.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell1, Cell2 and Cell3 according to Tables 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.5-1, 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.5-2 and C.3.3-2 of Annex C.3.3 as appropriate. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2.

8.2.2.3.3_E.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5.1 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.4.3-2: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5, Table 5.2A.5.1.1-2 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘00000000010000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::= CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
CRS-AssistancedInfoList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11{		2 entries
CRS-AssistancedInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r11	1		Cell 2
	126		Cell 3
antennaPortsCount-r11	an2		Cell 2, Cell 3
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig{			Cell 2, Cell 3
MBSFN-SubframeConfig:: = SEQUENCE {
radioframeAllocationPeriod	n1
radioframeAllocationOffset	0
subframeAllocation CHOICE{
oneFrame	‘000000’ B	non-MBSFN
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig-r10	CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘00000100010000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘11001010001100111000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
}
}

8.2.2.3.3_E.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) – non-MBSFN ABS

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Uplink downlink configuration			1	1	1
Special subframe configuration			4	4	4
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93.1 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.5-2	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.5-2	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.5-2
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	1	126
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	0000000001 0000000001	0000000001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		1100111000 1100111000	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	N/A	N/A
PDSCH transmission mode			3	Note 9	Note 9
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.3.3_E.1.5-2: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) non-MBSFN ABS

Test Number

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions (Note 1)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)

Reference Value

UE Category

Cell 2

Cell 3

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)

SNR (dB) (Note 3)

R.11 TDD (Note 4)

8.8

6.8

OP.1TDD

EVA5

2×2 Low

15.1

≥2

R.35 TDD (Note 4)

8.8

0.8

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

2×2 Low

23.6

≥2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent.

Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

8.2.2.4 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.2.4.1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2

8.2.2.4.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed loop spatial multiplexing with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.2.4.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 8.

8.2.2.4.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.1.3-3 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.4.1.3-2 and 8.2.2.4.1.3-4 for the specified SNR. For single-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified.

Table 8.2.2.4.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1	Test 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	6	50
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)	1or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2	PUSCH 3-1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			001111	001111
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	Multiplexing
PDSCH transmission mode			4	4
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms

Table 8.2.2.4.1.3-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-3.1	1-5
2	10 MHz	R.10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EPA5	2×2 High	70	-2.8	1-5

Table 8.2.2.4.1.3-3: Test Parameters for Testing Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

Parameter		Unit	Test 3	Test 4
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	50
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 3-1	PUSCH 3-1
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling	Bundling
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			110000	110000
PDSCH transmission mode			4	4
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms

Table 8.2.2.4.1.3-4: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
3	10 MHz	R.11-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	12.8	2-5
4	10 MHz	R.11-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	2-5

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.

8.2.2.4.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.4.1.3-2 and 8.2.2.4.1.3-4 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.1.3-3 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.1.4.3.

8.2.2.4.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. For single-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.1.3-2. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.1.3-3 and 8.2.2.4.1.3-4. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.2.4.1.5-1 and 8.2.2.4.1.5-2 as appropriate.

5. Repeat steps from 1 to 4 for each test interval in Tables 8.2.2.4.1.5-1 and 8.2.2.4.1.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.2.4.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.4.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1,2

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm4	001111
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 3,4

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm4	110000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single -layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single/multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 2, 3, 4

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm31
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.1.4.3-5: PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single/multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 3, 4

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-9
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
tddAckNackFeedbackMode	bundling
}

8.2.2.4.1.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.2.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.1.3-3 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.4.1.5-1 and 8.2.2.4.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.1.5-1: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-2.2	1-5
2	10 MHz	R.10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EPA5	2×2 High	70	-2.0	1-5

Table 8.2.2.4.1.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
3	10 MHz	R.11-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	13.7	2-5
4	10 MHz	R.11-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	14.8	2-5

8.2.2.4.1_1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 (Release 9 and forward)

8.2.2.4.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.2.4.1.1.

8.2.2.4.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 9 and forward.

8.2.2.4.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.2.4.1.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.1.3-4 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.3-2.

Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.3-1: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-3.1	≥1
2	10 MHz	R.10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EPA5	2×2 High	70	-2.8	≥1

Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
3	10 MHz	R.35 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EPA5	2×2 Low	70	19.5	≥2
4	10 MHz	R.11-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	≥2

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.

8.2.2.4.1_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.2.4.1.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.1.3-4 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.5-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.1.5-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.5-2.

8.2.2.4.1_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.2.4.1.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.5-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.1.5-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.5-2.

Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.5-1: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-2.2	≥1
2	10 MHz	R.10 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EPA5	2×2 High	70	-2.0	≥1

Table 8.2.2.4.1_1.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
3	10 MHz	R.35 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EPA5	2×2 Low	70	+20.4	≥2
4	10 MHz	R.11-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	+14.8	≥2

8.2.2.4.1_A to D

8.2.2.4.1_E TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for feICIC

8.2.2.4.1_E.1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for feICIC (non-MBSFN ABS)

8.2.2.4.1_E.1 Test purpose

To verify The purpose is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [14] of the aggressor cell with CRS assistance information.

8.2.2.4.1_E.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE and CRS interference handling and ss-CCH interference handling – UE Category ≥2 release 11 and forward. Applicability requires support of FGI bit 115.

8.2.2.4.1_E.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.3-1. In Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information TS 36.331 [5] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Uplink downlink configuration			1	1	1
Special subframe configuration			4	4	4
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.3-2	12	10
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	126	1
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	0000000001 0000000001	0000000001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		1100111000 1100111000	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	N/A	N/A
PDSCH transmission mode			6	Note 9	Note 9
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	N/A	N/A
PMI delay (Note 10)		ms	10 or 11	N/A	N/A
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 11)	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUSCH 3-1	N/A	N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			1111	N/A	N/A
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex A.5. Note 10: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 11: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. Note 12: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 13: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.3-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions (Note 1)			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)(Note 5)	SNR (dB) (Note 3)	UE Category
1	R.11 TDD (Note 4)	OP.1TDD	OP.1FDD	OP.1TDD	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 High	70	6.4	≥2
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1. Note 4: Cell 1 reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.1C.

8.2.2.4.1_E.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.1_E.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2 with exceptions listed in 5.2A.5. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.4.3.

8.2.2.4.1_E.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, according to Tables 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.5-1, 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.5-2, and C.3.3.2 of Annex C.3.3. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1B for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC.

2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2

3. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.

4. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.5-2 as appropriate.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.2.4.1_E.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5.1 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.4.3-1: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5, Table 5.2A.5.1.1-2 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘0000000001 0000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::= CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
CRS-AssistancedInfoList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11{		2 entries
CRS-AssistancedInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r11	126		Cell 2
	1		Cell 3
antennaPortsCount-r11	an2		Cell 2, Cell 3
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig{			Cell 2, Cell 3
MBSFN-SubframeConfig:: = SEQUENCE {
radioframeAllocationPeriod	n1
radioframeAllocationOffset	0
subframeAllocation CHOICE{
oneFrame	‘000000’ B	non-MBSFN
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig-r10	CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	rm31
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘0000000001 0000000001’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10	‘1100111000 1100111000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.3-4: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm6
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm6	1111
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.3-3-5: TDD-Config-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
TDD-Config-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
subframeAssignment	sa1
specialSubframePatterns	ssp4
}

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.3-3-6: PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause4.6.3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
ackNackRepetition CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
tddAckNackFeedbackMode	Multiplexing
}

8.2.2.4.1_E.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.4_E.1.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Testing Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Uplink downlink configuration			1	1	1
Special subframe configuration			4	4	4
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93.1 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.5-2	11.8	9.8
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	126	1
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	0000000001 0000000001	0000000001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		0000000001 0000000001	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		1100111000 1100111000	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	N/A	N/A
PDSCH transmission mode			6	Note 9	Note 9
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	N/A	N/A
PMI delay (Note 10)		ms	10 or 11	N/A	N/A
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 11)	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUSCH 3-1	N/A	N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			1111	N/A	N/A
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex A.5. Note 10: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 11: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. Note 12: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 13: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.2.4.1_E.1.5-2: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions (Note 1)			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)	SNR (dB) (Note 3)
1	R.11 TDD (Note 4)	OP.1TDD	OP.1FDD	OP.1TDD	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 High	70	7.3	≥2
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1. Note 4: Cell 1 reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 2 subframes, averaged over 20ms.

8.2.2.4.1_H TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for 256QAM in DL

8.2.2.4.1_H.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as defined in clause 8.2.2.4.1.1.

8.2.2.4.1_H.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 12 and forward that support 256QAM in DL.

8.2.2.4.1_H.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.1_H-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.1_H-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

Table 8.2.2.4.1_H.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2	Test 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	8
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 3-1	PUSCH 1-2
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling	Bundling
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			110000	110000
PDSCH transmission mode			4	4
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH per component carrier		OFDM symbol	2	1
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms.

Table 8.2.2.4.1_H.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

UE DL category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

20 MHz

256QAM

R. 65 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

2×2 Low

24.9

11-12

≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.2.

8.2.2.4.1_H.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.1_H.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.4.1_H.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.4.1_H.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.1_H.4.3.

8.2.2.4.1_H.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.1_H.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.1_H.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.4.1_H.5-1 as appropriate.

5. Repeat steps from 1 to 4 for each test interval in Tables 8.2.2.4.1_H.5-1 as appropriate.

8.2.2.4.1_H.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.4.1_H.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 3

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm4	110000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.1_H.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 3

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.1_H.4.3-3: PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 3

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-9
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
tddAckNackFeedbackMode	bundling
}

8.2.2.4.1_H.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.4.1_H.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.4.1_H.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.1_H.5-1: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

UE DL category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

20 MHz

256QAM

R. 65 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

2×2 Low

25.8

11-12

≥11

8.2.2.4.2 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2

8.2.2.4.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on four antenna ports using closed loop spatial multiplexing with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.2.4.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 8.

8.2.2.4.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.2.3-3 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.2.4.3-2 and 8.2.2.4.2.3-4 for the specified SNR. For single-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified.

Table 8.2.2.4.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	6
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001111111111111111
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms

Table 8.2.2.4.2.3-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

-3.5

1-5

Table 8.2.2.4.2.3-3: Test Parameters for Testing Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

Parameter		Unit	Test 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	6
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms

Table 8.2.2.4.2.3-4: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.14 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

10.7

2-5

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.

8.2.2.4.2.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.4.2.3-2 and 8.2.2.4.2.3-4 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 Figure A.11 for antenna configuration 4×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.2.3-3 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.2.4.3.

8.2.2.4.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. For single-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.2.3-2. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.2.3-3 and 8.2.2.4.2.3-4. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.

5. Repeat steps from 1 to 4 for each test interval in Tables 8.2.2.4.2.5-1 and 8.2.2.4.2.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.2.4.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.4.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test numbers 1,2

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001111111111111111
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single/multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1, 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2.4.3-5: PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single/multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-9
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
tddAckNackFeedbackMode	bundling
}

8.2.2.4.2.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.2.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.2.3-3 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.4.2.5-1 and 8.2.2.4.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.2.5-1: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

-2.6

1-5

Table 8.2.2.4.2.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.14 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

11.6

2-5

8.2.2.4.2_1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 (Release 9 and forward)

8.2.2.4.2_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.2.4.2.1.

8.2.2.4.2_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 9 and forward.

8.2.2.4.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.2.4.2.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.2.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.2.3-4 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.3-2.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.3-1: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

-3.5

≥1

Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.36 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

15.7

≥2

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.

8.2.2.4.2_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.2.4.2.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.2.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.2.3-4 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.5-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.2.5-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.5-2.

8.2.2.4.2_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.2.4.2.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.5-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.2.4.2.5-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.5-2.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.5-1: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

-2.6

≥1

Table 8.2.2.4.2_1.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.36 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

+16.6

≥2

8.2.2.4.2_A TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA

8.2.2.4.2_A.1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA (2DL CA)

8.2.2.4.2_A.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.2.4.2_A.1.2 Test applicability

E-UTRA TDD release 10 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that supports inter-band OR intra-band contiguous DL CA

This test also applies to E-UTRA TDD release 11 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that supports intra-band non-contiguous DL CA.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.4.2_A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified.

For CA with 2 DL CCs except for 2x20MHz, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.3-3.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing for CA

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	8
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 1b with channel selection
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 4)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. Note 4: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by high layers. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	2×20 MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.1	≥5
2	20MHz+15MHz	R.43 TDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	≥5
		R.43-5TDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5		70	10.6
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.

8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.4.1

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 2DLCA

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
CA Capability	20+20	20+15
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)	Test 1	Test 2
Intra-band contiguous CA (CA2_C)	Test 1	Test 2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA2_N2)	Test 1	Test 2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group 46 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3.

8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-5, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-6.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.3-2 or 8.2.2.3.1_A.1.3-4. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.5-1 or 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.5-2 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10	CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {			RBC
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11000000	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10	0
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index	5
betaOffset-RI-Index	6
betaOffset-CQI-Index	5
}

8.2.2.4.2_A.1.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.3-1 define the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.5-1 or 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.1.5-1: Test requirement for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value			UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1	2×20 MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	12.0	10.5	≥5
2	20MHz+15MHz	R.43 TDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1	≥5
		R.43-5 TDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5		70	11.5	10
Note 1: For CA capable UE, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.4.2_A.2 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA (3DL CA)

8.2.2.4.2_A.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.2.4.2_A.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 10 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 11 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 3 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Test 3, 4
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	8
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 3
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 4)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. Note 4: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by high layers. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
3MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.8
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.0
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.5
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.6
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4

8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 3DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	3×20	20+20+15
Intra-band contiguous (CA3_C)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA3_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA3_A3)	Test1	Test2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA3_N2)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.61 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.4.1_A.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3.

8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. The SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR on each of the component carriers according to Tables 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.5-1 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on each of the component carriers.

8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.5.1.2, Table 5.5.1.2-1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
cqi-ReportConfig-r10	CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10	CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {			RBC
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11100000	P-Cell, S-Cells report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10	0
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index	5
betaOffset-RI-Index	6
betaOffset-CQI-Index	5
}

8.2.2.4.2_A.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.	9.5
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.4.2_A.3 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA (4DL CA)

8.2.2.4.2_A.3.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.2.4.2_A.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 11 and forward UE of category 8 or higher that support 4DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 4 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	8
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 3
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 4)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. Note 4: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by high layers. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
3MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.8
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.0
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.5
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.6
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥8
2	20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4

8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 4DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	4×20	20+20+20+15
Intra-band contiguous (CA4_C)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)	Test1	Test2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA4_N2)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3.

8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. The SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.5.1.2, Table 5.5.1.2-1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
cqi-ReportConfig-r10	CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10	CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {			RBC
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11100000	P-Cell, S-Cells report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10	0
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index	5
betaOffset-RI-Index	6
betaOffset-CQI-Index	5
}

8.2.2.4.2_A.3.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9
3MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥8
2	20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.4.2_A.4 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA (5DL CA)

8.2.2.4.2_A.4.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.2.4.2_A.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 5 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	8
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 3
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 4)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. Note 4: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by high layers. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
3MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.8
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.0
10 MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.5
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.6
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP. 1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.42_A.4.3-2. per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.3

8.2.2.4.2_A.4.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.2_A.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 5DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	5×20	15+4×20
Intra-band contiguous (CA5_C)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA5_A4)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (five bands) (CA5_A5)	Test1	Test2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA5_N2)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.4.3.

8.2.2.4.2_A.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. The SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.2.4.2_A.4.4.3 Message contents

Same as the section 8.2.2.4.2_A.3.4.3.

8.2.2.4.2_A.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5 DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.4.2A TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C

8.2.2.4.2A.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed loop rank-two spatial multiplexing with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.2.4.2A.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 12 and forward UE of Category ≥ 2 that support enhanced receiver Type C.

8.2.2.4.2A.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.4.2A.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2A.3-2 for the specified SNR.

Table 8.2.2.4.2A.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	50
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 3-1
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Bundling
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			110000
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms.

Table 8.2.2.4.2A.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.11-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU70

2×2 Medium

17.8

≥2

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.2A.

8.2.2.4.2A.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.2A.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.4.2A.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.4.2A.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.2A.4.3.

8.2.2.4.2A.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.2A.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.2A.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.4.2A.5-1 as appropriate.

8.2.2.4.2A.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.4.2A.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm4	110000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2A.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm31
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.2.4.2A.4.3-3: PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-9
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
tddAckNackFeedbackMode	bundling
}

8.2.2.4.2A.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.4.2A.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.4.2A.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.2A.5-1: Test requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.11-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU70

2×2 Medium

18.7

≥2

8.2.2.4.3 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 with TM4 Interference Model – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A

8.2.2.4.3.1 Test purpose

To verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 4 interference model.

8.2.2.4.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 11 and forward that support enhanced receiver Type A.

8.2.2.4.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.4.3.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.3.3-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.2.4.3.3-2 for the specified SINR. For single-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified.

Table 8.2.2.4.3.3-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3	-3
	σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A	N/A
DIP (Note 2)		dB	N/A	-1.73	-8.66
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id			0	1	2
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			6	N/A	N/A
Interference model			N/A	As specified in clause B.5.3	As specified in clause B.5.3
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells	Rank 1	%	N/A	80	80
	Rank 2	%	N/A	20	20
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	6	6
PMI delay (Note 4)		ms	10 or 11	N/A	N/A
Reporting interval		ms	5	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUCCH 1-1	N/A	N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			001111	N/A	N/A
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	N/A	N/A
Physical channel for CQI reporting			PUSCH(Note6)	N/A	N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex			4	N/A	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3.

Table 8.2.2.4.3.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SINR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.47 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EVA5	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	1.1	1-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.

8.2.2.4.3.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.4.3.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48.

2. The parameter settings for cell1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.4.3.5-1 and 8.2.2.4.3.5-2 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up for cell1 according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.3.4.3.

8.2.2.4.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1B for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.3.5-1 and 8.2.2.4.3.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #4 and #9 (Table A.2.3.1.2-1).

2. SS sets up the parameters for cell 2 and cell 3 according to Tables 8.2.2.4.3.5-1 and Tables 8.2.2.4.3.5-2.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SINR according to Tables 8.2.2.4.3.5-1 as appropriate.

8.2.2.4.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.4.3.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig	CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm6
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm6	1111
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
Release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.3.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex	0
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex	4	(see Table 7.2.2-1C in TS 36.213)
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {
widebandCQI	NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex	483	(see Table 7.2.2-1B in TS 36.213)
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI	FALSE
}
}
}

8.2.2.4.3.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.4.3.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

Table 8.2.2.4.3.5-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3	-3
	σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A	N/A
DIP (Note 2)		dB	N/A	-1.44	-7.77
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id			0	1	2
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			6	N/A	N/A
Interference model			N/A	As specified in clause B.5.3	As specified in clause B.5.3
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells	Rank 1	%	N/A	80	80
	Rank 2	%	N/A	20	20
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	6	6
PMI delay (Note 4)		ms	10 or 11	N/A	N/A
Reporting interval		ms	5	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUCCH 1-1	N/A	N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			001111	N/A	N/A
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing	N/A	N/A
Physical channel for CQI reporting			PUSCH(Note6)	N/A	N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex			4	N/A	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.4.3.5-2 for the specified SINR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.3.5-2: Test requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SINR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.47 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EVA5	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	2.09	1-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

8.2.2.4.4 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for Dual Connectivity

8.2.2.4.4.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing for Dual Connectivity.

8.2.2.4.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD release 12 and forward UE of category ≥5 that support Dual Connectivity.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.4.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For dual connectivity the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.4.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.4.4.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.4.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.2.2.4.4.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	6 for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, and 8 for 15MHz CCs and 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	10 or 11
Reporting interval		ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
PDSCH transmission mode			4
ACK/NACK transmission			Separate ACK/NACK feedbacks with PUCCH format 1b on the MCG and SCG
CSI feedback			Separate PUSCH feedbacks on the MCG and SCG
Time offset between MCG CC and SCG CC		μs	0 for UE under test supporting synchronous dual connectivity; 334 for UE under test supporting both asynchronous and synchronous dual connectivity (Note 5)
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 3: For Uplink – downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. Note 4: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. Note 5: Asynchronous and synchronous dual connectivity are defined in TS36.300 [18]. Note 6: If the UE supports both SCG bearer and Split bearer, the SCG bearer is configured.

Table 8.2.2.4.4.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple dual connectivity configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
3MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.8
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.0
10 MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.5
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.6
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP. 1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7

Table 8.2.2.4.4.3-3: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity

Test num.	Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	2×20 MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.4.3-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different dual connectivity configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3A.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.3A.

8.2.2.4.4.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Tables 8.2.2.4.4.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.4.3-3.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.46 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.2.4.4.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for the MCG CC (PCell) and SCG CC (PSCell) are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. If the Split bearer is only supported, ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-DC2 according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2B. Otherwise, ensure that the UE is in State 3A-RF-DC1 according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2A. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.4.4.3.

8.2.2.4.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.4.4.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.4.3-2 on both MCG CC and SCG CC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. The SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR on each of the component carriers according to Table 8.2.2.4.4.5-1 as appropriate.

4. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on each of the component carriers.

8.2.2.4.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 4.6 and 5.5 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.2.4.4.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation (PCell and PSCell)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.2.4.4.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation (PCell and PSCell)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.6 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.4.4.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation (PCell and PSCell)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2 CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {			RBC
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

8.2.2.4.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.4.4.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.4.4.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.4.4.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple dual connectivity configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10 MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP. 1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.2.4.4.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity

Test num.	Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category

1	2×20 MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.4.5-1 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different dual connectivity configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3A.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to G.3A.6.

8.2.2.4.5 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 with TM4 Interference Model – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B

8.2.2.4.5.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two interfering cells applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause B.6.3.

8.2.2.4.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 12 and forward that support enhanced performance requirement Type B.

8.2.2.4.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.5-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.5.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. In Table 8.2.2.4.5.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

Table 8.2.2.4.5.3-1: Test Parameters for Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2		Cell 3
Uplink downlink Configuration				1	1		1
Special subframe configuration				4	4		4
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3		-3
			dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3		-3
		σ	dB	0	0		0
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1		Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
Test number (Note 4)					Test 1	Test 2	Test 1	Test 2
			dB	N/A	13.91	3.28	3.34	0.74
Cell Id					6	1	1	6
CFI indicated in PCFICH in normal subframes					3	Random from set {1,2,3}	3	Random from set {1,2,3}
CFI indicated in PCFICH in special subframes					2	Random from set {1,2}	2	Random from set {1,2}
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10		10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal		Normal
Number of control OFDM symbols in normal subframes				3	3		3
Number of control OFDM symbols in special subframes				2	2		2
PDSCH transmission mode				4	4		4
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.3		As specified in clause B.6.3
Precoding				Random wideband precoding per TTI	As specified in clause B.6.3		As specified in clause B.6.3
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	2		3
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	200		300
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured		Not configured
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (Note 3)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}		{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}		{2,3,4,8,9}
Note 1: Note 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 3: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331 [5]. Note 4: Test 1 and Test 2 are defined in Table 8.2.2.4.5.3-2.

Table 8.2.2.4.5.3-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Test Num	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Num	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-12 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EVA5	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Low	85	16.1	≥1
2	R.11-11 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	9.5	≥1
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.4.1D.

8.2.2.4.5.4 Test description

8.2.2.4.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.4.5.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1 and 8.2.2.4.5.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.4.5.4.3.

8.2.2.4.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC with randomly selected precoding matrix from codebook (Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 in TS36.211 [8]) every TTI according to Tables 8.2.2.4.5.5-1 and 8.2.2.4.5.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sets up parameters for cell 2 and cell 3 according to table 8.2.2.4.5.5-1 as appropriate. The CFIs indicated in PCFICH are randomly selected per TTI.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.4.5.5-2 as appropriate.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Annex G clause G.3.

5. The SS shall release all NAICS configuration in the UE using procedure in TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.6.1 with the condition NAICS_RELEASE.

6. Repeat steps from 1 to 5 for each subtest in Tables 8.2.2.4.5.5-1 and 8.2.2.4.5.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.2.4.5.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 and clause 5.2A.6.2 with the condition SRB2-DRB_NAICS(n,m) with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.2.4.5.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT message disabling CQI reporting

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig	Not present
}

8.2.2.4.5.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.4.5.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.4.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances.

Table 8.2.2.4.5.5-1: Test Parameters for Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2		Cell 3
Uplink downlink Configuration				1	1		1
Special subframe configuration				4	4		4
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3		-3
			dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3		-3
		σ	dB	0	0		0
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1		Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
Test number (Note 4)					Test 1	Test 2	Test 1	Test 2
			dB	N/A	14.71	4.08	4.14	1.54
Cell Id					6	1	1	6
CFI indicated in PCFICH in normal subframes					3	Random from set {1,2,3}	3	Random from set {1,2,3}
CFI indicated in PCFICH in special subframes					2	Random from set {1,2}	2	Random from set {1,2}
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10		10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal		Normal
Number of control OFDM symbols in normal subframes				3	3		3
Number of control OFDM symbols in special subframes				2	2		2
PDSCH transmission mode				4	4		4
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.3		As specified in clause B.6.3
Precoding				Random wideband precoding per TTI	As specified in clause B.6.3		As specified in clause B.6.3
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	2		3
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	200		300
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured		Not configured
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (Note 3)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}		{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}		{2,3,4,8,9}
Note 1: Note 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 3: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331 [5]. Note 4: Test 1 and Test 2 are defined in Table 8.2.2.4.5.5-2.

Table 8.2.2.4.5.5-2: Test Requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Test Num	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Num	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-12 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EVA5	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Low	85	17.95	≥1
2	R.11-11 TDD	OP.1 TDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	11.04	≥1
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

8.2.2.5

8.2.2.6 8.2.2.7 Carrier aggregation with power imbalance

Editor’s Note: This test case is incomplete. The following items are missing or are incomplete:

– Connection diagram in Annex A of TS 36.508 is TBD

– Test tolerances are undefined

– Power at antenna port in test 2 is still TBD

8.2.2.7_A.1 TDD Carrier aggregation with power imbalance (intra-band contiguous DL CA)

8.2.2.7_A.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the ability of an intraband adjacent carrier aggregation UE to demodulate the signal transmitted by the PCell or SCell in the presence of a stronger SCell or PCell signal on an adjacent frequency. Throughput is measured on the PCell or SCell only.

8.2.2.7_A.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.2.7_A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.7_A.1.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.7_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.2.7_A.1.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter			Unit	Test 1	Test 2
Downlink power allocation			dB	0	0
			dB	0 (Note 1)	0 (Note 1)
	σ		dB	0	0
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	Off (Note 2)	Off (Note 2)
Symbols for unused PRBs				OCNG (Note 3)	OCNG (Note 3)
Modulation				64 QAM	64 QAM
Maximum number of HARQ transmission				1	1
Redundancy version coding sequence				{0}	{0}
PDSCH transmission mode of PCell				1	3
PDSCH transmission mode of SCell				3	1
OCNG Pattern		PCell		OP.1 TDD	OP.5 TDD
OCNG Pattern		SCell		OP.5 TDD	OP.1 TDD
Propagation Conditions		PCell		Clause B.1	Clause B.1
Propagation Conditions		SCell		Clause B.1	Clause B.1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna		PCell		1×2	2×2
Correlation Matrix and Antenna		SCell		2×2	1×2
Note 1: for 1×2 and for 2×2 antenna configuration. Note 2: No external noise sources are applied. Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data. Note 4: Void

Table 8.2.2.7_A.1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA

Test Number	Bandwidth (MHz)		Reference channel		Power at antenna port (dBm/15KHz)		Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)		UE Category
Test Number	PCell	SCell	PCell	SCell	for PCell	for Scell	PCell	SCell
1	20	20	R.49 TDD	NA	-85	-79	85	NA	≥5
2	20	15	NA	R.49-1 TDD	-79	[-85.8]	NA	85	≥5
Note 1: The OCNG pattern for PCell is used to fill the control channel. The OCNG pattern for SCell is used to fill the control channel and PDSCH. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.7.

8.2.2.7_A.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.7_A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.7_A.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group TBD for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure TBD for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1and 8.2.2.7_A.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.7_A.1.4.3.

8.2.2.7_A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels except control channel and PDSCH.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.7_A.1.4.3

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.7_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.7_A.1.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition and the correlation matrix on each of the component carriers according to Tables 8.2.2.7_A.1.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput on PCC in test number 1or measure the average throughput on SCC in test number 2 for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A, Table G.3A.5-6. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test on PCC in test number 1 or on SCC in test number 2.

8.2.2.7_A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 3, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.2.7_A.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.7_A.1.5-1defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.7_A.1.5-1 for the specified cell power levels including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.7_A.1.5-1: Test Requirement (FRC) for CA

Test Number	Bandwidth (MHz)		Reference channel		Power at antenna port (dBm/15KHz)		Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)		UE Category
Test Number	PCell	SCell	PCell	SCell	for PCell	for Scell	PCell	SCell
1	20	20	R.49 TDD	NA	-85+TT	-79+TT	85	NA	≥5
2	20	15	NA	R.49-1 TDD	-79+TT	[-85.8] +TT	NA	85	≥5
Note 1: The OCNG pattern for PCell is used to fill the control channel. The OCNG pattern for SCell is used to fill the control channel and PDSCH. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.2.8 Intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation with minimum channel spacing

8.2.2.8.1 Intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation with minimum channel spacing (2DL CA)

8.2.2.8.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the ability of an UE supporting intraband contiguous carrier aggregation with minimum channel spacing to demodulate the signal transmitted by the PCell and SCell(s). Throughput is measured on each cell. The minimum channel spacing of intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation refers to the possible minimum channel spacing as any multiple of 300 kHz less than the nominal channel spacing defined in 5.7.1A.

8.2.2.8.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 12 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that support intra-band contiguous DL CA.

8.2.2.8.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.8.1.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.8.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.2.2.8.1.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			64QAM
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 1b with channel selection for Test 1; PUCCH format 3 for Test 2
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.8.1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for intra-band CA with minimum channel spacing

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	2x20MHz	R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.16	≥5
		R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	17.16
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets are defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.8.

8.2.2.8.1.4 Test description

8.2.2.8.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.8.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.35 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC, and Annex A, Figure A.86 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1and 8.2.2.8.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.8.1.4.3.

8.2.2.8.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.8.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.8.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.8.1.3-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.2.8.1.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A, Table G.3A.5-15A on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.2.2.8.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

8.2.2.8.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.8.1.3-2 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.8.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.8.1.5-1: Test requirement for intra-band CA with minimum channel spacing

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value			UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1	2x20MHz	R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.96	16.46	≥5
		R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	17.96	16.46
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets are defined in 8.1.2.3.

8.2.2.8.2 Intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation with minimum channel spacing (3DL CA)

8.2.2.8.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.2.8.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 12 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that support intra-band contiguous DL CA.

8.2.2.8.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.8.2.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.8.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.2.2.8.2.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			64QAM
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 1b with channel selection for Test 1; PUCCH format 3 for Test 2
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.2.8.2.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for intra-band CA with minimum channel spacing

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	3x20MHz	R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.16	≥5
		R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	17.16
		R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	17.16
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets are defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.8.

8.2.2.8.2.4 Test description

8.2.2.8.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.8.2.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1and 8.2.2.8.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.8.2.4.3.

8.2.2.8.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.8.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.8.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.8.2.3-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.2.8.2.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A, Table G.3A.5-15B on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.2.2.8.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

8.2.2.8.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.8.2.3-2 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.8.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.8.2.5-1: Test requirement for intra-band CA with minimum channel spacing

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value			UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1	3x20MHz	R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.96	16.46	≥5
		R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	17.96	16.46
		R.9 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	17.96	16.46
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets are defined in 8.1.2.3.

8.2.2.9 TDD PDSCH HST-SFN performance in HST-SFN scenario

Editor’s Note: This test case is incomplete. The following items are missing or are incomplete:

– 36.521-2 spec need to be introduced

8.2.2.9.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE‘s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports in the HST-SFN scenario defined in B.3A when highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag is received.

8.2.2.9.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 14 and forward that support demodulationEnhancements-r14.

8.2.2.9.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.9.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.9.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.2.2.9.3-1: Test Parameters for UE performance in HST-SFN scenario (FRC)

Parameter	Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (NOTE 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
ACK/NACK feedback mode			Multiplexing
PDSCH transmission mode			3
NOTE 1: .

Table 8.2.2.9.3-2: Minimum performance UE in HST-SFN scenario (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	10 MHz	R.87 TDD	OP.1 TDD	HST-SFN	2×2	70	13.2	≥1
NOTE 1: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1. NOTE 2: The requirement defined is based on the normalized channel model, i.e., the power of each tap is normalized to the instantaneous total received power from four taps.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.2.9.

8.2.2.9.4 Test description

8.2.2.9.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.9.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.2-1and 8.2.2.9.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.3A.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.2.9.4.3.

8.2.2.9.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.2.9.3-1 and 8.2.2.9.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.2.9.3-2as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.2.9.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

8.2.2.9.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.2.9.3-2 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.9.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.2.9.5-1: Test requirement for UE in HST-SFN scenario (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	10 MHz	R.87 TDD	OP.1 TDD	HST-SFN	2×2	70	13.8	≥1
NOTE 1: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1. NOTE 2: The requirement defined is based on the normalized channel model.